diff options
| author | Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com> | 2017-05-09 16:11:32 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com> | 2017-05-09 16:37:41 +0200 |
| commit | eb9ec1c794a0d3b8522375c7a87ac3ee999c8a66 (patch) | |
| tree | 4729b5cc168353458cda5d1b9ea3174a476c2b4b /source/text/swriter/guide | |
| parent | 7897a9174b6b4a91134398359f3f1e690c774b69 (diff) | |
remove obsolete oldref attribute (removes one context line in pot)
also remove obsolete l10n attribute (doesn't affect translations/pot)
Change-Id: I809866ea7b16cb1cacad9efacb6fdeebae38ea9f
Diffstat (limited to 'source/text/swriter/guide')
85 files changed, 1041 insertions, 1127 deletions
diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp index 08ee87578c..150aec81e6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp @@ -35,37 +35,34 @@ <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "applying;"</comment><comment>mw deleted "automatic bullets" and changed "automatic numbering;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147407" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="26"><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp" name="Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147407" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp" name="Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155525" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154243" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="28">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155525" role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154243" role="heading" level="2" >To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152830" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152867" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152867" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2357860" role="tip" l10n="NEW">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152897" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="21">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2357860" role="tip">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152897" role="heading" level="2" >To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="listitem">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147794" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147794" role="listitem">Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147814" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Press Enter again to finish the list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147814" role="listitem">Press Enter again to finish the list.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147287" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="25">You can start a numbered list with any number.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147287" role="note">You can start a numbered list with any number.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154083" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Format - Numbering/Bullets">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154083" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Format - Numbering/Bullets">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp index 0895936fca..46944ce787 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp @@ -40,73 +40,69 @@ <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph" l10n="E" oldref="1" - localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147812" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="16"><variable id="auto_off"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp" name="Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph" localize="false"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147812" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="auto_off"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp" name="Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. </paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1081B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1081B" role="listitem">To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10846" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10846" role="listitem">To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147251" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="12">To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147251" role="heading" level="2" >To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147274" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145596" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145596" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145620" role="listitem">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145645" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145645" role="listitem">Click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145668" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145668" role="heading" level="2">To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151196" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151220" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151220" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">Clear the "Replace" check box(es).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem">Clear the "Replace" check box(es).</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155076" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155076" role="heading" level="2">To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155099" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155099" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155123" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155123" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="26">Clear the "Capitalize first letter of every sentence" check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem">Clear the "Capitalize first letter of every sentence" check box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155401" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="17">To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155415" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155401" role="heading" level="2" >To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155415" role="paragraph">$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155439" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155463" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155463" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155488" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Clear the "Apply border" check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155488" role="listitem">Clear the "Apply border" check box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp index 7f94d818ae..721d50ac57 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp @@ -32,37 +32,34 @@ <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "text;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154265" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="31"><variable id="auto_spellcheck"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp" name="Automatically Check Spelling">Automatically Check Spelling</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154265" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="auto_spellcheck"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp" name="Automatically Check Spelling">Automatically Check Spelling</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154664" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154678" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="41">To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154664" role="paragraph">You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154678" role="heading" level="2" >To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155531" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155531" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155569" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="33">Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155569" role="listitem">Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147759" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">If you choose a word from the <item type="menuitem">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147819" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147220" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="32">To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147759" role="paragraph">If you choose a word from the <item type="menuitem">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147819" role="paragraph">You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147220" role="heading" level="2" >To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147263" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Select the words that you want to exclude.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147263" role="listitem">Select the words that you want to exclude.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147282" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147282" role="listitem">Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145602" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">Choose "None (Do not check spelling)".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145602" role="listitem">Choose "None (Do not check spelling)".</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145648" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="40"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Creating a new dictionary.">Creating a new dictionary.</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145648" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Creating a new dictionary.">Creating a new dictionary.</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp index dc4f0ff9ad..934023b3ef 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp @@ -32,21 +32,20 @@ <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "capital letters;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152887" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="10"><variable id="autocorr_except"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp" name="Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152887" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="autocorr_except"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp" name="Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154254" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154254" role="paragraph">You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155576" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Exceptions</item> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147762" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147786" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147762" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147786" role="listitem">Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="listitem">Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144875" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="17">To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144875" role="tip">To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp index 0ef0a44718..319896b193 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp @@ -35,57 +35,56 @@ <bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW transferred 4 index entries from shared/guide/background.xhp and added 3 new entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW built this file from splitting shared/guide/background.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7355265" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147653" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">To Apply a Background To Text Characters</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7355265" role="paragraph">You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147653" role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Background To Text Characters</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150669" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Select the characters.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150669" role="listitem">Select the characters.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155390" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155390" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153541" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">To Apply a Background To a Paragraph</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153541" role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Background To a Paragraph</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145119" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145119" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0104201010554939" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="11">To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0104201010554939" role="tip">To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294" role="heading" level="2" >To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154346" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Place the cursor in the table in your text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154346" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the table in your text document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148664" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Properties</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154938" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154938" role="listitem">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156280" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156280" role="listitem">In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151041" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="31">You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151041" role="tip">You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150767" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="32">To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150767" role="tip">To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147084" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="33">To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type="menuitem">Background Color</item> toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147084" role="tip">To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type="menuitem">Background Color</item> toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> @@ -94,9 +93,9 @@ </case> </switch> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp">Highlight Color icon</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156180" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp" name="Background tab page">Background tab page</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4922025" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp">Watermarks</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id478530" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156180" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp" name="Background tab page">Background tab page</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4922025" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp">Watermarks</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id478530" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp index 5233c19765..e263d55429 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp @@ -35,44 +35,43 @@ <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146957" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="17"><variable id="border_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Objects">Defining Borders for Objects</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146957" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="border_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Objects">Defining Borders for Objects</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145673" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="paragraph">In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145673" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Select the object for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem">Select the object for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159176" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159176" role="listitem">Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152474" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152474" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="listitem">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156344" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156344" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148797" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148797" role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3125865" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3125865" role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150447" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150447" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154908" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154908" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp index 8802673ed0..5a9f5e7481 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp @@ -32,47 +32,46 @@ <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156136" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="border_page"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Pages">Defining Borders for Pages</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156136" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="border_page"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Pages">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="warning" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150503" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="warning">In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150503" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150771" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150771" role="listitem">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154046" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154046" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156023" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156023" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145068" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145068" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159149" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159149" role="listitem">Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156282" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156282" role="listitem">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp index 23fffa2fcc..b96fc362a1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp @@ -33,190 +33,190 @@ <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3614917" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3614917" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1069368" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1069368" role="paragraph">You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6527298" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6527298" role="paragraph">Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6129947" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Properties</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8141117" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8141117" role="paragraph">In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6016418" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6016418" role="paragraph">Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5282448" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3547166" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Selection of cells</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1108432" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5282448" role="paragraph">The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3547166" role="heading" level="2">Selection of cells</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1108432" role="paragraph">Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id4423352"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2422559" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Selection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2422559" role="tablehead">Selection</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1053498" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Line arrangement area</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1053498" role="tablehead">Line arrangement area</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1076998" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1076998" role="tablecontent">One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4240241" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4240241" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id1058992" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id1058992">one cell border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id162053" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A one cell table, the cell is selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id162053" role="tablecontent">A one cell table, the cell is selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5021820" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5021820" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id7366557" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7366557">one selected cell border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3549607" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Cells in a column selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3549607" role="tablecontent">Cells in a column selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2544328" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2544328" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id2298654" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2298654">column selected border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1636402" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Cells in a row selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1636402" role="tablecontent">Cells in a row selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7450483" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7450483" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id9033783" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id9033783">row selected border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5741752" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5741752" role="tablecontent">A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id570085" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id570085" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id4776757" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4776757">block selected border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5044099" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Default settings</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id626544" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5044099" role="heading" level="2">Default settings</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id626544" role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id292062" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id292062" role="listitem">The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1361735" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1361735" role="listitem">The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id82399" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id82399" role="listitem">The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7144993" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Examples</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5528427" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4194158" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7144993" role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5528427" role="paragraph">Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4194158" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id8221076" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png" width="1.2209in" height="0.2445in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id8221076">default icons for borders</alt> </image></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7253028" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7253028" role="listitem">Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9441206" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9441206" role="listitem">Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7276833" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7276833" role="listitem">Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5273293" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5110019" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">User defined settings</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1820734" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7093111" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5273293" role="paragraph">Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5110019" role="heading" level="2">User defined settings</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1820734" role="paragraph">In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7093111" role="paragraph">Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id5196996"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3673818" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Line types</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3673818" role="tablehead">Line types</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593768" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Image</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593768" role="tablehead">Image</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2055421" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Meaning</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2055421" role="tablehead">Meaning</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9836115" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A black line</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9836115" role="tablecontent">A black line</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6485793" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6485793" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id1237525" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id1237525">solid line for border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1454512" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1454512" role="tablecontent">A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4618671" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A gray line</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4618671" role="tablecontent">A gray line</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1239356" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1239356" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id2688680" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2688680">gray line for border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9474166" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9474166" role="tablecontent">A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1545457" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A white line</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1545457" role="tablecontent">A white line</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1681875" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1681875" role="tablecontent"> <image id="img_id7340617" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7340617">white line for border</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2316660" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2316660" role="tablecontent">A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5908688" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Examples</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5908688" role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5118564" role="paragraph">Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Properties - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id244758" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a thick line style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id244758" role="paragraph">Select a thick line style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7741325" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7741325" role="paragraph">To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id542313" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id542313" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id4273506" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4273506">setting thick lower border</alt> </image></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2210760" role="note" l10n="NEW">All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5400860" role="warning" l10n="NEW">All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2210760" role="note">All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5400860" role="warning">All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell.</paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/> </case> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp index c9f986011a..fba1f1f603 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp @@ -31,20 +31,19 @@ <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147692" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="35"><variable id="calculate_clipboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp" name=" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147692" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="calculate_clipboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp" name=" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156366" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">If your text already contains a formula, for example "12+24*2", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156366" role="paragraph">If your text already contains a formula, for example "12+24*2", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="listitem">Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155496" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155496" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5172582" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5172582" role="listitem">Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp index c78c2dd6cd..28ffd5b28d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp @@ -34,28 +34,28 @@ <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147400" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="calculate_intable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp" name="Calculating Cell Totals in Tables">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147400" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calculate_intable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp" name="Calculating Cell Totals in Tables">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154243" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154243" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154203" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154203" role="listitem">Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154222" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154222" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry "=sum".</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147775" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147775" role="listitem">Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150507" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150507" role="listitem">Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10">If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph">If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph">Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp index 24ad595961..a323902598 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp @@ -30,31 +30,30 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153899"><bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW reduced "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153899" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="49"><variable id="calculate_intext2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp" name="Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153899" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="calculate_intext2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp" name="Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph">You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem">Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150528" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="50">Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150528" role="listitem">Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155551" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155551" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155577" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155577" role="listitem">Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155598" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155598" role="listitem">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147776" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="51">If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147776" role="note">If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp index dacd85e314..c55be0626e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp @@ -30,28 +30,27 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154248"><bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154248" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="11"><variable id="calculate_multitable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp" name="Calculating Across Tables">Calculating Across Tables</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154248" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="calculate_multitable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp" name="Calculating Across Tables">Calculating Across Tables</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="paragraph">You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147795" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147795" role="listitem">Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147815" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147815" role="listitem">Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Press F2.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="listitem">Press F2.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147228" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147228" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147254" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147254" role="listitem">Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147274" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147274" role="listitem">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp index c62e82b3e5..43793f0889 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp @@ -34,39 +34,38 @@ <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147684" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="14"><variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147684" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147395" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">You can include chapter numbers in captions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147408" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147395" role="paragraph">You can include chapter numbers in captions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147408" role="paragraph">Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154249" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154249" role="listitem">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150503" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150503" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item> box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150527" role="listitem">Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item> box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153166" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>Options</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153166" role="listitem">Click <emph>Options</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153190" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153190" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155553" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type="menuitem">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155553" role="listitem">Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the <item type="menuitem">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155586" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155586" role="listitem">In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147226" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="43">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147226" role="tip">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145567" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialog">AutoCaption dialog</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145574" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Chapter numbering">Chapter numbering</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145567" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialog">AutoCaption dialog</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145574" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Chapter numbering">Chapter numbering</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp index fb52692038..25dd450d94 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp @@ -33,19 +33,18 @@ <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text sections;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155919" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="10"><variable id="dragdroptext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp" name="Moving and Copying Text in Documents">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155919" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="dragdroptext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp" name="Moving and Copying Text in Documents">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152994" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select the text that you want to move or copy.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152994" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to move or copy.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154236" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155606" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154236" role="listitem">To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/> <image id="img_id3153148" src="res/helpimg/movedata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt> </image></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154257" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154257" role="listitem">To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/> <image id="img_id3152868" src="res/helpimg/copydata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152868">Mouse cursor copying data</alt> </image></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp index 2cd6a9747b..544c8a474a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp @@ -32,24 +32,24 @@ <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154079" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="field_convert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp" name="Converting a Field into Text">Converting a Field into Text</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154079" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="field_convert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp" name="Converting a Field into Text">Converting a Field into Text</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149281" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149281" role="paragraph">You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155608" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155608" role="listitem">Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154238" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154238" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Click "Unformatted text" in the + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="listitem">Click "Unformatted text" in the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157551" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp" name="Paste Special">Paste Special</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157551" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp" name="Paste Special">Paste Special</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp index 85098b13ac..11fcfd4be4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp @@ -35,64 +35,63 @@ <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "fields;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="About Fields">About Fields</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="About Fields">About Fields</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154262" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="5">Viewing Fields</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150509" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp" name="View - Field Names"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150536" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="195">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154262" role="heading" level="2">Viewing Fields</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150509" role="paragraph">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp" name="View - Field Names"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150536" role="paragraph">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152885" role="paragraph">To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Application Colors"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153166" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Field Properties</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153180" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="181">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="182">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153166" role="heading" level="2">Field Properties</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153180" role="paragraph">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155548"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155582" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="183">Field Type</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155582" role="tablehead">Field Type</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147760" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="184">Property</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147760" role="tablehead">Property</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147789" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="185">Placeholder</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147789" role="tablecontent">Placeholder</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="186">Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="tablecontent">Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147216" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="187">Insert Reference</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147216" role="tablecontent">Insert Reference</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147239" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="188">Moves the mouse pointer to the reference.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147239" role="tablecontent">Moves the mouse pointer to the reference.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147267" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="189">Run macro</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147267" role="tablecontent">Run macro</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147290" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="190">Runs a macro.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147290" role="tablecontent">Runs a macro.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145614" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="191">Input Field</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145614" role="tablecontent">Input Field</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145637" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="192">Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145637" role="tablecontent">Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151244" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="10">Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type="menuitem">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type="menuitem">Help</item> menu.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155937" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="11">Updating Fields</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155963" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155984" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151244" role="note">Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tips option (<item type="menuitem">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type="menuitem">Help</item> menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155937" role="heading" level="2" >Updating Fields</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155963" role="paragraph">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155984" role="paragraph">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp index 774bfdad62..84c5b609c0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp @@ -38,51 +38,51 @@ <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>3. mw added 2 index entries and changed "finding;"</comment><comment>2. mw copied 6 index entries from shared/01/02100300.xhp. Then made one entry of two "finding;" entries, one entry of two "replacing;" entries and one entry of two "formats;" entries</comment><comment>1. mw copied 5 entries from shared/01/02100000.xhp and then made one entry of two "finding;" entries.</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8568681" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="finding"><link href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8568681" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="finding"><link href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id611285" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id611285" role="paragraph">In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6226081" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6702780" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158970" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Find Text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6226081" role="heading" level="2">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6702780" role="paragraph">To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158970" role="heading" level="3">To Find Text</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6957304" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6957304" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2164677" role="listitem">Enter the text to find in the <emph>Find</emph> text box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5684072" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5684072" role="listitem">Either click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4377269" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1371807" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id924100" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9359416" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you click <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5891598" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Replace Text</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1780755" role="note" l10n="NEW">Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4377269" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Find Next</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> again to advance to the next found text. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1371807" role="paragraph">If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id924100" role="paragraph">Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9359416" role="paragraph">When you click <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5891598" role="heading" level="3">To Replace Text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1780755" role="note">Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2467421" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2467421" role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4286935" role="listitem">Enter the text to search in the <emph>Find</emph> text box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9959410" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9959410" role="listitem">Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id24109" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id24109" role="listitem">Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id703451" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7540818" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9908444" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Find Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8413953" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the "Heading 2" style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7540818" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9908444" role="heading" level="3">To Find Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8413953" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the "Heading 2" style.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2696920" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2696920" role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id896938" role="listitem">Click <emph>Other options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> @@ -91,38 +91,38 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9147007" role="listitem">Check <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Find</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id679342" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id679342" role="listitem">Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3231299" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Find Formats</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8087405" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3406170" role="note" l10n="NEW">Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3231299" role="heading" level="3">To Find Formats</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8087405" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3406170" role="note">Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2448805" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2448805" role="listitem">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4542985" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4542985" role="listitem">Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4679403" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Format</emph> button.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4679403" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Format</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7783745" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7783745" role="listitem">Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5597094" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">More options</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9919431" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8533280" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4646748" role="tip" l10n="NEW">When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2489394" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The Navigator</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9934385" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4159062" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7421796" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator</link> guide for more information.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6417432" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4639728" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5597094" role="heading" level="3">More options</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9919431" role="paragraph">The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8533280" role="paragraph">Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4646748" role="tip">When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2489394" role="heading" level="2">The Navigator</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9934385" role="paragraph">The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4159062" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7421796" role="paragraph">Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator</link> guide for more information.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6417432" role="paragraph">Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4639728" role="paragraph">Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp index f93b4d887d..d4ad56f9f9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155624" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers in Footers">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155624" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers in Footers">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8230842" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12"</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7867366" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert a Page Number</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8230842" role="paragraph">You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12"</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7867366" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Page Number</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph> @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153155" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2988677" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Additionally Add a Page Count</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153155" role="paragraph">If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2988677" role="heading" level="2">To Additionally Add a Page Count</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem">Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155554" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Count</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp index 7db1ee66b0..e922c26345 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp @@ -30,40 +30,39 @@ <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "serial letters"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159257" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="29"><variable id="form_letters"><variable id="form_letters_main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="Creating a Form Letter">Creating a Form Letter</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159257" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="form_letters"><variable id="form_letters_main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="Creating a Form Letter">Creating a Form Letter</link> </variable> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150502" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0805200801132382" role="note" l10n="NEW">If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10653" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10664" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">To create a form letter</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150502" role="paragraph">To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0805200801132382" role="note">If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10653" role="paragraph">The <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10664" role="heading" level="1">To create a form letter</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10672" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066B" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10672" role="paragraph">You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10676" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10681" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10676" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10681" role="paragraph">You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">"Modern" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph">Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">"Modern" business letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2669759" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2669759" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BD" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BD" role="paragraph">On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="paragraph">Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C6" role="paragraph">If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp index 7e83450999..0a0a73d754 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp @@ -34,37 +34,37 @@ <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>Mw made "master documents" and "subdocuments" a two level entry, deleted "references;" and "bookmarks;" and added a new entry and shifted "Navigator;" and "indexes;" to the file globaldoc_howtos.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW: This file was split into globaldoc.xhp (concepts) and globaldoc_howtos.xhp (procedures)</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6537369" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Characteristics of Master Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6537369" role="heading" level="2">Characteristics of Master Documents</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="paragraph">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153400" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153400" role="paragraph">You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="paragraph">Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9033783" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9033783" role="paragraph">When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3419598" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3419598" role="paragraph">Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155180" role="note" l10n="C">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7904904" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Example of Using Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5817743" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9169591" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1590014" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5878780" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155180" role="note">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7904904" role="heading" level="2">Example of Using Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5817743" role="paragraph">A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9169591" role="paragraph">When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1590014" role="paragraph">In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5878780" role="tip">To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#globaldoc_howtos"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154382" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator in master mode">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154382" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator in master mode">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp index 4d88f4f09d..d830c0fef1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp @@ -33,100 +33,97 @@ <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "comparisons;" and copied two entries to hidden_text_display.xhp and 2 entries to nonprintable_text.xhp</comment><comment>MW added "variables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150103" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5174108" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create a Variable</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150103" role="paragraph">You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="paragraph">Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5174108" role="heading" level="2">To Create a Variable</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153131" role="listitem">Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149640" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149640" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149970" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149970" role="listitem">Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">Hide</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149620" role="listitem">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">Hide</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149869" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Enter a value for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">1</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149869" role="listitem">Enter a value for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">1</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="listitem">To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149585" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149585" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156245" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="27">To Hide Text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156245" role="heading" level="2" >To Hide Text</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145391" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Click in the document where you want to add the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145391" role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to add the text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145409" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155325" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155325" role="listitem">Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154404" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154404" role="listitem">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem">Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154233" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154256" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="33">To Hide a Paragraph</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154256" role="heading" level="2" >To Hide a Paragraph</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154853" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154853" role="listitem">Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154872" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph> and click the <emph>Functions</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="listitem">Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155947" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155947" role="listitem">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149991" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149991" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3793450" role="note" l10n="NEW">You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148675" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="38">To Hide a Section</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3793450" role="note">You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148675" role="heading" level="2" >To Hide a Section</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Select the text that you want to hide in your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hide in your document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153019" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153019" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148950" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148950" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153636" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153636" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3846858" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8148442" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3846858" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8148442" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148603" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert - Fields - Other">Insert - Field - More Fields</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147011" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section">Insert - Section</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147011" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section">Insert - Section</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp index 7d119e27ef..3bdcbff822 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp @@ -30,26 +30,26 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="hidden_text_display"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="hidden_text_display"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide from splitting hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5659962" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5659962" role="paragraph">If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152777" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152777" role="listitem">Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153902" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153902" role="listitem">Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147114" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147114" role="listitem">Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1865901" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1865901" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp index 1106757b23..ad0f137d58 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp @@ -31,42 +31,41 @@ <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw copied 2 entries from using_hyphen.xhp and added a new entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="20"><variable id="hyphen_prevent"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp" name="Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="hyphen_prevent"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp" name="Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide from splitting using_hyphen.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5640125" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If your text is <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5640125" role="paragraph">If your text is <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153634" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153634" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph> </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153658" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147125" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153658" role="listitem">Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147125" role="listitem">If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150218" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150218" role="listitem">In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150247" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="65">Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150247" role="listitem">Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147036" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="29">To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262761" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147036" role="tip">To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262761" role="paragraph">Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262850" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262850" role="paragraph">Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262837" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262837" role="paragraph">Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262867" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910572128" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262867" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910572128" role="paragraph">Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp index a79d9b559a..b5edbabac2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp @@ -35,24 +35,24 @@ <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made indents a two level entry, changed "paragraphs;" and copied "changing;indents" from writer guide "ruler.xhp"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id129398" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="indenting"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp">Indenting Paragraphs</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id129398" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indenting"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp">Indenting Paragraphs</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>see i66307</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5589159" role="note" l10n="NEW">To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9936216" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7953123" role="tip" l10n="NEW">You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Ruler</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5589159" role="note">To change the measurement units, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9936216" role="paragraph">You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7953123" role="tip">You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Ruler</item>.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4013794" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4013794" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="paragraph">Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7271645" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2136295" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4186223" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type="menuitem">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type="menuitem">First line</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7271645" role="paragraph">Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2136295" role="paragraph">The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4186223" role="paragraph">For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type="menuitem">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type="menuitem">First line</item>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1491134" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1491134" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp index f633e2bf37..95baace901 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp @@ -33,16 +33,15 @@ <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="56"><variable id="indices_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp" name="Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="indices_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp" name="Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155856" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="57">Place the cursor in the index or table of contents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155856" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the index or table of contents.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155871" role="listitem">If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select <item type="menuitem">Enable cursor</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Protected Areas</item> section.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154248" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="58">Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154248" role="listitem">Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="paragraph">You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>, click <emph>Type</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph> check box.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp index b21a7a00d0..14c0b41154 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149689" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="indices_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp" name="Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149689" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp" name="Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155862" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">To Define Index Entries</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155862" role="heading" level="2">To Define Index Entries</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156380" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156380" role="listitem">Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147409" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Table of Contents and Index - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:</paragraph> @@ -47,35 +47,33 @@ <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US">To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154258" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154258" xml-lang="en-US">To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155889" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155889" xml-lang="en-US">To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147119" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="12">To Define Table of Contents Entries</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147132" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150230" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="13">To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147119" role="heading" level="2" >To Define Table of Contents Entries</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147132" role="paragraph">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150230" role="heading" level="3" >To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150933" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150933" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150964" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150964" role="listitem">Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150523" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150523" role="listitem">In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153730" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153730" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp index 14fb03053f..13ca5d58a6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp @@ -35,53 +35,50 @@ <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155855" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="38"><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp" name="Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155855" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp" name="Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154259" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155888" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="44">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154259" role="paragraph">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155888" role="heading" level="2" >To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="listitem">Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147135" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147135" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150229" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="47">Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150229" role="listitem">Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150934" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="48">Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150934" role="listitem">Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150960" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Click the assign button <emph><</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150960" role="listitem">Click the assign button <emph><</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150516" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="49">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150516" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146878" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="40">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146890" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146878" role="heading" level="2" >To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146890" role="paragraph">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150712" role="listitem">Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150738" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150738" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148399" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148399" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148424" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148424" role="listitem">In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153171" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153171" role="listitem">Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147060" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="55">Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type="menuitem">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147060" role="listitem">Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type="menuitem">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp index 71bd3ff799..876d1cab9a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp @@ -32,16 +32,15 @@ <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW inserted "master documents;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153418" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="43"><variable id="indices_multidoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp" name="Indexes Covering Several Documents">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153418" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="indices_multidoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp" name="Indexes Covering Several Documents">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="44">There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="paragraph">There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">Create an <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index in each individual document">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem">Create an <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index in each individual document">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147118" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="45">Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147118" role="listitem">Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type="menuitem">Link</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Browse</item> button, and then locate and insert a named index section.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp index 0334bf2a25..7fc8411b02 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ <bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="54"><variable id="insert_beforetable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp" name="Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_beforetable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp" name="Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="55">If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type="keycode">Enter</item> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10612" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type="keycode">Enter</item> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10612" xml-lang="en-US">To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Option</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Alt</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+Enter</item>.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp index 7043e62d2a..f401367886 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "illustrations;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154922" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="insert_graphic"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics">Inserting Graphics</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154922" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics">Inserting Graphics</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US">There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document.</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp index d8f2f0e297..7adabb171c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp @@ -31,20 +31,20 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154896" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp" name="Inserting a Graphic From a File">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154896" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp" name="Inserting a Graphic From a File">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155914" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155914" role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp" name="Insert - Image - From File"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp" name="Insert - Image - From File"><emph>Insert - Image - From File</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156021" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156021" role="listitem">Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph">By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp index 1c15e51762..8e4a19b579 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp @@ -32,24 +32,24 @@ <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152999" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromchart"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp" name="Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152999" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromchart"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp" name="Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155890" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155890" role="paragraph">You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149054" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149054" role="listitem">Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem">Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="listitem">Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145102" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="9">You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145102" role="paragraph">You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp index 26894767f7..c5232ec7c1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp @@ -33,22 +33,22 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155917"><bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155917" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromdraw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155917" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromdraw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Open the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" xml-lang="en-US">Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Hold down <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment.<comment>see i70967</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment.<comment>see i70967</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag to the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156250" xml-lang="en-US">Drag to the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> </listitem> -</list><comment>ufi: paragraph removed because I cannot verify: id="par_id3152755" l10n="U" oldref="9"If a hyperlink is attached to the object in the original document, the hyperlink is inserted instead of the object.</comment><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +</list><comment>ufi: paragraph removed because I cannot verify: id="par_id3152755" If a hyperlink is attached to the object in the original document, the hyperlink is inserted instead of the object.</comment><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp index ef8824e4e8..66a8f71309 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp @@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ <bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_gallery"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_gallery"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155907" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155907" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US">To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp index 4893698a0f..751d644f30 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp @@ -31,21 +31,21 @@ <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156017" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_scan"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp" name="Inserting a Scanned Image">Inserting a Scanned Image</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156017" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_scan"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp" name="Inserting a Scanned Image">Inserting a Scanned Image</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149692" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149692" role="paragraph">To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">The scanner must support the SANE standard. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155915" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155915" role="listitem">Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Media - Scan"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Media - Scan"><emph>Insert - Media - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Follow the scanning instructions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="listitem">Follow the scanning instructions.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp index 7f2b423573..f9b657d136 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ <bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="insert_tab_innumbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp" name="Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_tab_innumbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp" name="Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155909" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155909" xml-lang="en-US">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155859" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155859" xml-lang="en-US">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153403" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153403" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp index 2077fc658b..e59c731818 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp @@ -30,12 +30,11 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145778"><bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145778" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="30"><variable id="jump2statusbar"><link href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp" name="Going to Specific Bookmark">Going to Specific Bookmark</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145778" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="jump2statusbar"><link href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp" name="Going to Specific Bookmark">Going to Specific Bookmark</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">hold down Ctrl and click + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph">To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Insert Bookmark">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Insert Bookmark">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp index be40dff939..60573fae1a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -30,54 +30,52 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151169"><bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151169" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp" name="Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151169" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp" name="Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149685" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Press the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149685" role="paragraph">Press the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155186" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155918" role="heading" level="2" l10n="CHG" - oldref="5">To Insert Sections</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155186" role="paragraph">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155918" role="heading" level="2" >To Insert Sections</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Press F6 until the focus is on the + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145100" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="20">Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145100" role="listitem">Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Press Enter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="listitem">Press Enter.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153367" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="13">To Insert Text Tables</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153367" role="heading" level="2" >To Insert Text Tables</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Press F6 until the focus is on the + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the <item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154849" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="21">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154849" role="listitem">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="listitem">Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Press Enter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="listitem">Press Enter.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072C" role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp index 8e9fca3ee6..642a786f04 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp @@ -32,35 +32,34 @@ <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145086" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="10"><variable id="load_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp" name="Using Styles From Another Document or Template">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145086" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="load_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp" name="Using Styles From Another Document or Template">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154491" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">You can import styles from another document or template into the current document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154491" role="paragraph">You can import styles from another document or template into the current document.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155910" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> sidebar deck.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10703" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10703" role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070B" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149632" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149632" role="listitem">Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145098" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145098" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <comment>somehow the following list disappeared, see issue 112471</comment> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240" xml-lang="en-US">Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153377" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153377" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp index 4a59749ded..cc24c149bf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155156" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155156" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp#textmode_change"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#text_nav_keyb"/> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#registertrue"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153728" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Automatically Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153728" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatically Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#removing_line_breaks"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150742" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150742" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#field_convert"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="5">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#text_animation"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150427" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150427" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="9">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> @@ -175,20 +175,20 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154324" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="11">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154324" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#delete_from_dict"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Working with Documents</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working with Documents</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156315" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="14">Miscellaneous</paragraph> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156315" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp index 8c99bd65c0..7fba988fd3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp @@ -37,19 +37,19 @@ <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "pages;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154897" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator for Text Documents">Navigator for Text Documents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154897" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator for Text Documents">Navigator for Text Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="paragraph">The Navigator displays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154247" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154247" role="listitem">To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155878" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155878" role="listitem">To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147108" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147108" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp index 2bba083fce..eed375cdf2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp @@ -30,28 +30,28 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="nonprintable_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="nonprintable_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide from hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4685201" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To create text that is not to be printed do the following:</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4685201" role="paragraph">To create text that is not to be printed do the following:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149789" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149789" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150224" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150224" role="listitem">Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150242" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame and Object - Properties</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150320" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150320" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3138828" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3138828" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp index 7c015cc976..82714d401d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp @@ -32,21 +32,21 @@ <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "recognition;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156383" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="number_date_conv"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp" name="Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156383" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="number_date_conv"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp" name="Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149966" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149966" role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155919" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> command.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155919" role="listitem">Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> command.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155527" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="14"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp index 39cc15ea52..a64d19a830 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp @@ -34,46 +34,45 @@ <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;...", and deleted "modifying;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149637" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="numbering_paras"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp" name="Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149637" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="numbering_paras"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp" name="Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145092" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2172612" role="tip" l10n="NEW">If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145107" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145092" role="paragraph">You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2172612" role="tip">If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145107" role="heading" level="2">To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156248" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156248" role="listitem">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153366" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153366" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153390" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153390" xml-lang="en-US">To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US">To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154856" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="18">To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154856" role="heading" level="2" >To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155877" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click anywhere in the numbered list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155877" role="listitem">Click anywhere in the numbered list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="21">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148691" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type="menuitem">Start at</item> box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148691" role="listitem">Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type="menuitem">Start at</item> box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147116" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147116" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> @@ -83,6 +82,6 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6943571" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6943571" role="paragraph"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp index f7e181e582..b958e2ca26 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp @@ -34,41 +34,40 @@ <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155183" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="page_break"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp" name="Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155183" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="page_break"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp" name="Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149833" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To Insert a Manual Page Break</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149833" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Manual Page Break</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Click in your document where you want the new page to begin.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem">Click in your document where you want the new page to begin.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Press Ctrl+Enter.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem">Press Ctrl+Enter.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">To Delete a Manual Page Break</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2">To Delete a Manual Page Break</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem">Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149608" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Press Backspace.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149608" role="listitem">Press Backspace.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149624" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="10">To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149624" role="heading" level="2" >To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145111" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145111" role="listitem">Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156254" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156254" role="listitem">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153380" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153380" role="listitem">Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154249" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154249" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp index 5cb51dbbe1..968fc9f821 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp @@ -35,84 +35,84 @@ <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw inserted six index entries</comment><comment>mw added "styles;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id413830" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pagenumbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers">Page Numbers</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id413830" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pagenumbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers">Page Numbers</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1617175" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6091494" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert Page Numbers</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1617175" role="paragraph">In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6091494" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Page Numbers</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8611102" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Insert - Field - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6604510" role="tip" l10n="NEW">If you see the text "Page number" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2678914" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6604510" role="tip">If you see the text "Page number" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2678914" role="paragraph">However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id614642" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2551652" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Start With a Defined Page Number</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6111941" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2551652" role="heading" level="2">To Start With a Defined Page Number</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6111941" role="paragraph">Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5757621" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click into the first paragraph of your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5757621" role="listitem">Click into the first paragraph of your document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2632831" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2632831" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4395275" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4395275" role="listitem">In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1654408" role="note" l10n="NEW">The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7519150" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Format the Page Number Style</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9029206" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1654408" role="note">The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7519150" role="heading" level="2">To Format the Page Number Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9029206" role="paragraph">You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3032319" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3032319" role="listitem">Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9139378" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9139378" role="listitem">Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5051728" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Using Different Page Number Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1558885" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1541184" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id18616" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5051728" role="heading" level="2">Using Different Page Number Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1558885" role="paragraph">You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1541184" role="paragraph">In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id18616" role="paragraph">Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6138492" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different "next style".</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4569231" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">For example, the "First Page" page style has "Default" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type="menuitem">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the "next style".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6138492" role="paragraph">An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different "next style".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4569231" role="paragraph">For example, the "First Page" page style has "Default" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type="menuitem">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the "next style".</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id291451" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3341776" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you just press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5947141" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id291451" role="paragraph">A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3341776" role="paragraph">If you just press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5947141" role="paragraph">If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1911679" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9364909" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1911679" role="paragraph">It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9364909" role="heading" level="3">To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4473403" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click into the first page of your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4473403" role="listitem">Click into the first page of your document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4313791" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4331797" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4331797" role="listitem">In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4191717" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Double-click the "First Page" style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4191717" role="listitem">Double-click the "First Page" style.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2318796" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now your title page has the style "First Page", and the next pages automatically have the "Default" style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id399182" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can now for example insert a footer for the "Default" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5298318" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2318796" role="paragraph">Now your title page has the style "First Page", and the next pages automatically have the "Default" style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id399182" role="paragraph">You can now for example insert a footer for the "Default" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5298318" role="heading" level="3">To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7588732" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7588732" role="listitem">Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id95828" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id95828" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3496200" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3496200" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7599108" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7599108" role="paragraph">The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp index 3a6e3614c2..59c4e978d9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp @@ -39,78 +39,78 @@ <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "page styles;..." and added one entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106FF" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pageorientation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp">Changing Page Orientation</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106FF" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="pageorientation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp">Changing Page Orientation</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6418042" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8324533" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7524033" role="heading" level="2" l10n="CHG">To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6307260" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6418042" role="paragraph">All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8324533" role="paragraph">It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7524033" role="heading" level="2">To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6307260" role="paragraph">If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5256508" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5256508" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9681997" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9681997" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7994323" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7994323" role="listitem">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7069002" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7069002" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4202398" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1449324" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1480758" role="note" l10n="NEW">Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2962126" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4202398" role="heading" level="2">To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="paragraph">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1449324" role="paragraph">At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1480758" role="note">Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2962126" role="paragraph">To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10727" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10749" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10749" role="listitem">Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="listitem">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075D" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075D" role="listitem">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10775" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10775" role="listitem">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077D" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077D" role="listitem">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108AE" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108AE" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1658375" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Now you have defined a proper page style with the name "My Landscape". To apply the new style, double-click the "My Landscape" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the "next style" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1658375" role="listitem">Now you have defined a proper page style with the name "My Landscape". To apply the new style, double-click the "My Landscape" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the "next style" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed.</paragraph> <section id="scope"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6082949" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The Scope of Page Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2858668" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3278603" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">One Page Long Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5169225" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the "next style", on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6670125" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a "soft page break". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2118594" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id166020" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Manually Defined Range of a Page style</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6386913" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The “Default” page style does not set a different "next style" on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the "next style" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by "page breaks with style". All the pages between any two "page breaks with style" use the same page style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6062196" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can insert a "page break with style" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the "page break with style" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6054261" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Perform any one of the following commands:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6082949" role="heading" level="2">The Scope of Page Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2858668" role="paragraph">You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3278603" role="heading" level="3">One Page Long Styles</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5169225" role="paragraph">A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the "next style", on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6670125" role="paragraph">A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a "soft page break". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2118594" role="paragraph">To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id166020" role="heading" level="3">Manually Defined Range of a Page style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6386913" role="paragraph">The “Default” page style does not set a different "next style" on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the "next style" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by "page breaks with style". All the pages between any two "page breaks with style" use the same page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6062196" role="paragraph">You can insert a "page break with style" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the "page break with style" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6054261" role="paragraph">Perform any one of the following commands:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1811578" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1811578" role="listitem">To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9935911" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9935911" role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4753868" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4753868" role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4744407" role="listitem">To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp index a28f89574b..e6245e5935 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp @@ -31,40 +31,40 @@ <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105F6" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="print_brochure"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp">Printing a Brochure</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105F6" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_brochure"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp">Printing a Brochure</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10614" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DE" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1061A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To Print a Brochure</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10614" role="paragraph">You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DE" role="paragraph">When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1061A" role="paragraph">To Print a Brochure</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10621" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10621" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B6" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B6" role="listitem">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070E" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070E" role="listitem">In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8947416" role="tip" l10n="NEW">If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8947416" role="tip">If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialog.</paragraph> <list type="ordered" startwith="4"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10628" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10628" role="listitem">Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062C" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Brochure</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062C" role="listitem">Select <emph>Brochure</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10740" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include "All pages".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10740" role="listitem">For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include "All pages".</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered" startwith="7"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10630" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10630" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp#brochure"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EA" role="note" l10n="NEW">If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EA" role="note">If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp index 6f21a2b33a..2a0fd9e23a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "page views" to "pages;previews"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155179" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="9"><variable id="print_preview"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp" name="Previewing a Page Before Printing">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155179" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_preview"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp" name="Previewing a Page Before Printing">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149847" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149847" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Print Preview</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067F" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem">Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067F" role="tip">To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Print Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154265" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="37"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp" name="File - Print Preview">File - Print Preview</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154265" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp" name="File - Print Preview">File - Print Preview</link>.</paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp index 3778461d87..8619c004d0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp @@ -33,34 +33,33 @@ <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment> MW changed "overviews;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149694" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="17"><variable id="print_small"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp" name="Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149694" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="print_small"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp" name="Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="paragraph">On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156098" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156098" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149603" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select "2" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149603" role="listitem">To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select "2" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154841" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154841" role="listitem">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150004" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="File - Print Preview">File - Print Preview</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150004" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="File - Print Preview">File - Print Preview</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp index 178bed17b8..aac6b56468 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp @@ -30,24 +30,24 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149688" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="printing_order"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp" name="Printing in Reverse Order">Printing in Reverse Order</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149688" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="printing_order"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp" name="Printing in Reverse Order">Printing in Reverse Order</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click the <emph>General</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem">Click the <emph>General</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156106" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156106" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="listitem">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149616" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing">Printing</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149616" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing">Printing</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp index a5061e036f..82a08b7be0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp @@ -35,35 +35,35 @@ <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10652" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="registertrue"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Printing Register-true</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10652" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="registertrue"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Printing Register-true</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#registerhaltigkeit"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065E" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Set a Document to Register-True Printing</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065E" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Document to Register-True Printing</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10665" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select the whole document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10665" role="listitem">Select the whole document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10669" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10669" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10671" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Register-true</item> section, select the <item type="menuitem">Activate</item> checkbox and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10678" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067B" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10678" role="paragraph">All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067B" role="heading" level="2">To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10682" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10682" role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph">Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068C" role="paragraph">Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10698" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Register-true</emph> section, clear the <emph>Activate</emph> checkbox.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Register-true</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Register-true</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp index d7f60e50a1..645d17174a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp @@ -33,29 +33,28 @@ <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;...".</comment><comment>MW changed "paragraph marks;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155916" role="heading" level="1" l10n="CHG" - oldref="1"><variable id="removing_line_breaks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp">Removing Line Breaks</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155916" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="removing_line_breaks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp">Removing Line Breaks</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153413" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="3">This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the "Default" paragraph style. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph">Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153413" role="note">This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the "Default" paragraph style. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153138" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149645" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149645" role="listitem">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145118" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145118" role="listitem">Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">In the <item type="menuitem">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp index cf69294a77..0c63672ebe 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp @@ -35,15 +35,14 @@ <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "exiting..." a two level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149963" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="26"><variable id="reset_format"><link href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp" name="Resetting Font Attributes">Resetting Font Attributes</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149963" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="reset_format"><link href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp" name="Resetting Font Attributes">Resetting Font Attributes</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154091" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154091" role="listitem">You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem">To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp index 3ab694006b..45c0fffdb2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp @@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ <bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145088" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="26"><variable id="resize_navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp" name="Docking and Resizing Windows">Docking and Resizing Windows</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145088" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="resize_navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp" name="Docking and Resizing Windows">Docking and Resizing Windows</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US">You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="27">To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US">To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US">To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp index ee10c20b6c..89abdde39a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp @@ -37,22 +37,22 @@ <bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "indent settings..." a two level entry and cut "changing;indents"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065F" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="ruler"><link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">Using Rulers</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065F" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="ruler"><link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">Using Rulers</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="20">Adjusting Page Margins</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155175" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149038" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="22">Changing Indents</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067D" role="paragraph">To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="2">Adjusting Page Margins</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155175" role="paragraph">The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149038" role="heading" level="2">Changing Indents</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph">Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152776" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152776" role="listitem">To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145769" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145769" role="listitem">To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="paragraph">You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp index 0fcfab70bf..3ce913c3b7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp @@ -35,50 +35,48 @@ <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "wildcards;" and inserted wildcards crossreference</comment><comment>mw added "paragraph marks;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150099" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="search_regexp"><link href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150099" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="search_regexp"><link href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345516" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph" oldref="50">You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, "s.n" finds "sun" and "son".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345516" role="paragraph">Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph">You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, "s.n" finds "sun" and "son".</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155907" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Find & Replace</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155907" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Find & Replace</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2142399" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2142399" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Select the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Select the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149843" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Find</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Click <item type="menuitem">Find Next</item> or <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Find Next</item> or <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153401" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="52">Regular Expression Examples</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153401" role="heading" level="2" >Regular Expression Examples</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem" oldref="44">The wildcard for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem">The wildcard for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem" oldref="43">The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: "123*" finds "12" "123", and "1233".</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem">The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: "123*" finds "12" "123", and "1233".</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem" oldref="45">The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem">The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149854" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="46">The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149854" role="listitem">The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345545" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The wildcard for a tab character is \t.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345545" role="listitem">The wildcard for a tab character is \t.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="49">A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="note">A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149875" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="48"><link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp" name="List of Wildcards">List of Wildcards</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149875" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp" name="List of Wildcards">List of Wildcards</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp index bbdd077e12..85f8398cd4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp @@ -36,34 +36,33 @@ <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>ufi: added two deleting sections entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149816" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="13"><variable id="section_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp" name="Editing Sections">Editing Sections</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149816" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="section_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp" name="Editing Sections">Editing Sections</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="14">You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph">You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154224" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154224" role="listitem">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153397" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153397" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153120" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153120" xml-lang="en-US">To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149631" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149631" xml-lang="en-US">To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US">To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <comment>removed ordered list with startvalue 4, not sure if such a list will survive all transformations</comment> @@ -71,7 +70,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156255" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections">Format - Sections</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id973540" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156255" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections">Format - Sections</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id973540" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp index d7fdf9d792..bb458b6896 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp @@ -33,36 +33,34 @@ <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed a typo in "multicolumn"</comment><comment>mw deleted "sections;using" and changed "section;columns in"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="40"><variable id="sections"><link href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp" name="Using Sections">Using Sections</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="sections"><link href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp" name="Using Sections">Using Sections</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="paragraph">Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149284" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">To prevent text from being edited.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149284" role="listitem">To prevent text from being edited.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">To show or hide text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem">To show or hide text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149647" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149647" role="listitem">To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem">To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149855" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149872" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153367" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="39">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149855" role="paragraph">A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149872" role="paragraph">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153367" role="note">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="44">Sections and Columns</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154845" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="42">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2" >Sections and Columns</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154845" role="paragraph">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155883" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155883" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp index 62f1f5aa57..2a1115f1a8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp @@ -33,50 +33,50 @@ <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149689" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="shortcut_writing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp" name="Applying Text Formatting While You Type">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149689" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="shortcut_writing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp" name="Applying Text Formatting While You Type">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155909" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To apply bold formatting</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155909" role="paragraph">To apply bold formatting</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156112" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156112" role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151909" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To apply italic formatting</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151909" role="paragraph">To apply italic formatting</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151861" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3141836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3141836" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151112" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151112" role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152909" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To underline text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152909" role="paragraph">To underline text</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the text that you want to underline.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152861" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to underline.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3142836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3142836" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152112" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152112" role="listitem">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut for text documents">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/shared/main0400.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut for text documents">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/main0400.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp index 439c121788..4db3ddc463 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp @@ -33,26 +33,26 @@ <bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW moved 2 index entries from shared/01/06040700.xhp, inverted "smart tags;options", made "smart tags;" a one level entry and added 2 entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3563951" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="smarttags"><link href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp">Using Smart Tags</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3563951" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="smarttags"><link href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp">Using Smart Tags</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id368358" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9298379" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Installing Smart Tags</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1827448" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2508621" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id368358" role="paragraph">Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9298379" role="heading" level="2">Installing Smart Tags</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1827448" role="paragraph">Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2508621" role="paragraph">To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3856013" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3856013" role="paragraph">Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7814264" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7814264" role="paragraph">Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8142338" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Smart Tags Menu</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1917477" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id192266" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1998962" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2376476" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id349131" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1216467" role="note" l10n="NEW">Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8142338" role="heading" level="2">Smart Tags Menu</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1917477" role="paragraph">Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id192266" role="paragraph">When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1998962" role="paragraph">In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2376476" role="heading" level="2">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id349131" role="paragraph">When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1216467" role="note">Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp index 736d100c15..00fafcc4a5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp @@ -34,27 +34,26 @@ <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "copying;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145084" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="31"><variable id="stylist_fillformat"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp" name="Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145084" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="stylist_fillformat"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp" name="Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="paragraph">You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156114" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145090" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click the style, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Fill Format Mode</item> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145090" role="listitem">Click the style, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id="img_id3149644" src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149644">Icon</alt> </image> in the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem">Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154263" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Press <item type="keycode">Esc</item> when finished.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154263" role="listitem">Press <item type="keycode">Esc</item> when finished.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> @@ -64,7 +63,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159259" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159259" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp index 7e38f5afee..2211db5e95 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp @@ -33,32 +33,31 @@ <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155915" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="38"><variable id="stylist_update"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp" name="Updating Styles From Selections">Updating Styles From Selections</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155915" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="stylist_update"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp" name="Updating Styles From Selections">Updating Styles From Selections</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149838" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156107" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="47">Click the icon of the style category that you want to update.<comment>UFI: use "category" for consistent wording, see #i21144#</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156107" role="listitem">Click the icon of the style category that you want to update.<comment>UFI: use "category" for consistent wording, see #i21144#</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149283" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="41">In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149283" role="listitem">In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem">In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="43">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0310200910360780" role="note" l10n="NEW">Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0310200910360780" role="note">Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155498" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155498" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp index c26c5394da..d59a6856c7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp @@ -32,29 +32,29 @@ <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155174" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="subscript"><link href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp" name="Making Text Superscript or Subscript">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155174" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="subscript"><link href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp" name="Making Text Superscript or Subscript">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155917" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155917" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155865" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155865" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <comment>somehow the following list disappeared, see issue 112471, and this remained: (list type="unordered"/) (replaced brackets) </comment> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156111" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156111" xml-lang="en-US">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Format - Character - Position">Format - Character - Position</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154705" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Format - Character - Position">Format - Character - Position</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154705" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp index 09be91d23f..0a64000148 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp @@ -33,26 +33,26 @@ <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "cell merges;" a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6618243" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="table_cellmerge"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp" name="Merging and Splitting Cells">Merging and Splitting Cells</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6618243" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_cellmerge"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp" name="Merging and Splitting Cells">Merging and Splitting Cells</link> </variable><comment>mw created this file out of the shared guide "table_cellmerge.xhp", see also bug #63021</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1211890" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3463850" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Merge Cells</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1211890" role="paragraph">You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3463850" role="heading" level="2">To Merge Cells</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5708792" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select the adjacent cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5708792" role="listitem">Select the adjacent cells.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6301461" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6301461" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9156468" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Split Cells</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9156468" role="heading" level="2">To Split Cells</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3415936" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Place the cursor in the cell to be split.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3415936" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the cell to be split.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4044312" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id634174" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4044312" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id634174" role="listitem">A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp index 49ffa2cff3..0c42b2ab0d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp @@ -36,34 +36,33 @@ <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="22"><variable id="table_cells"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp" name="Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="table_cells"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp" name="Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149487" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149487" role="paragraph">You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155906" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155906" role="listitem">To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem">To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156096" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156096" role="listitem">To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153408" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153408" role="listitem">To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149626" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149626" role="listitem">To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem">To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp index bdbbd2bcd8..412f0595b8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp @@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149489"><bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149489" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="table_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp" name="Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149489" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp" name="Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph">You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155863" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155863" role="paragraph">To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph">To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A <comment>UFI: Ctrl+A once is not enough</comment>until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp index b996cdd362..55dc9c8541 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp @@ -35,54 +35,50 @@ <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "cell ranges;" to "cells;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="31"><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Tables">Inserting Tables</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Tables">Inserting Tables</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149489" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="32">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. <comment>UFI: from a database?</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155908" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="33">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149489" role="paragraph">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. <comment>UFI: from a database?</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155908" role="heading" level="2" >To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147416" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147416" role="listitem">On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153398" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153398" role="listitem">In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="30">To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.<comment>make it RTL compliant</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="35">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph">To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.<comment>make it RTL compliant</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2" >To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="37">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149858" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="66">In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149858" role="listitem">In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145097" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="67">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145097" role="listitem">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149572" role="heading" level="2" l10n="CHG" - oldref="43">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149572" role="heading" level="2" >To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149594" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149594" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154395" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="68">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154395" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154420" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">In your text document, do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154420" role="listitem">In your text document, do one of the following:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> @@ -90,10 +86,10 @@ <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153383" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153383" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> @@ -102,87 +98,86 @@ <table id="tbl_id3152755"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="49">Options</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="tablehead">Options</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154867" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="50">Is inserted as...</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154867" role="tablehead">Is inserted as...</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155893" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="51">$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155893" role="tablecontent">$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="52">OLE object - as with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="tablecontent">OLE object - as with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148674" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="53">GDIMetaFile</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148674" role="tablecontent">GDIMetaFile</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="54">Graphic</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="tablecontent">Graphic</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153027" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="55">Bitmap</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153027" role="tablecontent">Bitmap</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148957" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="56">Graphic</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148957" role="tablecontent">Graphic</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147104" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="57">HTML</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147104" role="tablecontent">HTML</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147126" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="58">HTML table</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147126" role="tablecontent">HTML table</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="59">Unformatted text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="tablecontent">Unformatted text</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150246" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="60">Text only, tab stops as separators</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150246" role="tablecontent">Text only, tab stops as separators</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="61">Formatted text [RTF]</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="tablecontent">Formatted text [RTF]</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150938" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="62">Text table</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150938" role="tablecontent">Text table</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150965" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="63"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">DDE link (only under Windows) + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150965" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154377" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="64"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154377" role="tablecontent"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151093" role="heading" level="3" l10n="CHG" - oldref="38">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151093" role="heading" level="3" >Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151116" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151116" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="listitem">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="listitem">Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Drag the selected cells into the text document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147527" role="listitem">Drag the selected cells into the text document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp index 78499385b5..22b36b9f89 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp @@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ <bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F0" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="table_select"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link> +<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F0" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="table_select"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US">You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10614" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10614" xml-lang="en-US">To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10633" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10633" xml-lang="en-US">To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10637" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10637" xml-lang="en-US">To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp index f442fab554..84b639066a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp @@ -34,19 +34,19 @@ <bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="CHG" oldref="7"><variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149835" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7344279" role="note" l10n="NEW">Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes.<comment>UFI: fixes bugtraq 4971582</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156110" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">To set the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155856" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149835" role="paragraph">When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7344279" role="note">Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes.<comment>UFI: fixes bugtraq 4971582</comment></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156110" role="paragraph">To set the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>. There are three display modes for tables:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149638" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9"><emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149638" role="listitem"><emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149613" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10"><emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149613" role="listitem"><emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149864" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11"><emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149864" role="listitem"><emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp index 7ec811314a..4b281cf8cd 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp @@ -32,35 +32,34 @@ <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "text;" to "text documents;"</comment><comment>mw changed "default templates;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155913" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="28"><variable id="template_default"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp" name="Changing the Default Template">Changing the Default Template</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155913" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="template_default"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp" name="Changing the Default Template">Changing the Default Template</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145569" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="68">The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6414990" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create a Default Template</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145569" role="paragraph">The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6414990" role="heading" level="2">To Create a Default Template</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149838" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="102">Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149838" role="listitem">Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156101" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="113">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156101" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Templates - Save As Template</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149283" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="106">In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149283" role="listitem">In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="114">In the dialog that appears, double-click the "My Templates" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="listitem">In the dialog that appears, double-click the "My Templates" folder, and then click <emph>Save</emph>. You will then be prompted for a name; write it and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153140" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="107">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153140" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149952" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="108">Double-click the "My Templates" folder.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149952" role="listitem">Double-click the "My Templates" folder.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149970" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="105">Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149970" role="listitem">Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="115">Close the dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149620" role="listitem">Close the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp index 73bd6dafe8..12c0c0112e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp @@ -32,12 +32,11 @@ <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153396" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="templates_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp" name="Templates and Styles">Templates and Styles</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153396" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="templates_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp" name="Templates and Styles">Templates and Styles</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149635" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149957" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149974" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">$[officename] has a number of <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="predefined templates">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149635" role="paragraph">A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149957" role="paragraph">Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149974" role="paragraph">$[officename] has a number of <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="predefined templates">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp index 353663e0aa..3be525c3ce 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp @@ -36,31 +36,30 @@ <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added "small capitals"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155182" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="text_capital"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp" name="Changing the Case of Text">Changing the Case of Text</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155182" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_capital"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp" name="Changing the Case of Text">Changing the Case of Text</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10728" role="note">When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155861" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Capitalize Text</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155861" role="heading" level="2">To Capitalize Text</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147420" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147420" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149841" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149841" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485778" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Text - Uppercase</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485775" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485775" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149644" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="11">To Change Text to Lowercase</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149644" role="heading" level="2" >To Change Text to Lowercase</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149964" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149964" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Do one of the following:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149606" role="listitem">Do one of the following:</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id112020091049000" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Text - Lowercase</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910490034" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lowercase" in the Effects box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910490034" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lowercase" in the Effects box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp index 20186f4720..8d4f5f4b26 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp @@ -34,28 +34,28 @@ <bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155178" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="24"><variable id="text_direct_cursor"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp" name="Using the Direct Cursor">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155908" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="25">The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155921" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155178" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_direct_cursor"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp" name="Using the Direct Cursor">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155908" role="paragraph">The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155921" role="paragraph">To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A3" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">On the <item type="menuitem">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Direct Cursor</item> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A3" role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id="img_id3149846" src="cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149846">Icon</alt></image>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C8" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="listitem">Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C8" role="listitem"> <image id="img_id5471987" src="res/helpimg/dircursleft.png" width="0.1457in" height="0.3228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id5471987">Icon</alt> </image> Align left</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E4" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E4" role="listitem"> <image id="img_id5730253" src="res/helpimg/dircurscent.png" width="0.2398in" height="0.3228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id5730253">Icon</alt> </image> Centered</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10700" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10700" role="listitem"> <image id="img_id6953622" src="res/helpimg/dircursright.png" width="0.1563in" height="0.3228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id6953622">Icon</alt> </image> Align right</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="listitem">Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp index 110aee3f21..755085ebee 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp @@ -30,25 +30,24 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149820"><bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149820" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="65"><variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasizing Text">Emphasizing Text</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149820" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasizing Text">Emphasizing Text</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155922" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="66">Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155922" role="paragraph">Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="67">Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem">Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149840" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="68">Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149840" role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">Select the text, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="listitem">Select the text, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6924649" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6924649" role="paragraph">Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E7" role="paragraph">Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp index 2501bdd20b..0f31bb3e4e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp @@ -37,83 +37,79 @@ <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;" and changed "printing;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149487" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149487" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65">A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156104" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="64">To Insert a Text Frame</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph">A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156104" role="heading" level="2" >To Insert a Text Frame</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149961" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149961" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149602" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149602" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145115" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="66">To Edit a Text Frame</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145115" role="heading" level="2" >To Edit a Text Frame</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156239" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156239" role="listitem">To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156261" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="63">To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156261" role="listitem">To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153386" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="98">To Hide Text From Printing</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="99">Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153386" role="heading" level="2" >To Hide Text From Printing</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph">Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154858" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="100">Select the text frame (you see the eight handles).</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154858" role="listitem">Select the text frame (you see the eight handles).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155875" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Frame and Object - Properties - Options</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155899" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="102">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155899" role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148701" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="83">To Link Text Frames</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="84">You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148701" role="heading" level="2" >To Link Text Frames</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="paragraph">You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153025" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="71">Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153025" role="listitem">Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="87">On the <item type="menuitem">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Link Frames</item> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Link Frames</item> icon <image id="img_id3148968" src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148968">Icon</alt> </image>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150930" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="89">Click the frame that you want to link to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150930" role="listitem">Click the frame that you want to link to.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150947" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="75">You can only link frames if:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150947" role="paragraph">You can only link frames if:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150969" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="76">The target frame is empty.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150969" role="listitem">The target frame is empty.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154365" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="77">The target frame is not linked to another frame.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154365" role="listitem">The target frame is not linked to another frame.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154383" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="78">The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154383" role="listitem">The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145559" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="79">The source frame does not have a next link.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145559" role="listitem">The source frame does not have a next link.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145577" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="81">The target or the source frame are not contained in each other.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145577" role="listitem">The target or the source frame are not contained in each other.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151083" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="90">When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5853144" role="note" l10n="NEW">The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames.</paragraph><comment>UFI: removed -id="par_id3147542" l10n="U" oldref="72"You can only change the height of the last frame in a series of linked frames. + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151083" role="paragraph">When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5853144" role="note">The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames.</paragraph><comment>UFI: removed +id="par_id3147542" You can only change the height of the last frame in a series of linked frames. Obviously this works now</comment> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> @@ -122,4 +118,4 @@ Obviously this works now</comment> <embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/> </section> </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file +</helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp index bf42b2cc76..bc185831e2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp @@ -32,121 +32,120 @@ <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159260" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="33"><variable id="text_nav_keyb"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp" name="Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159260" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="text_nav_keyb"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp" name="Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph">You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571916" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571916" role="listitem">To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571929" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571929" role="listitem">To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <table id="tbl_id3149487"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="23">Key</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="tablehead">Key</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="24">Function</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="tablehead">Function</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156220" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="25"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156220" role="tablehead"> <emph>+</emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command key</emph> </caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="26">Right, left arrow keys</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="tablecontent">Right, left arrow keys</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150105" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="27">Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150105" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="28">Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149629" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="29">Up, down arrow keys</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149629" role="tablecontent">Up, down arrow keys</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149949" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="30">Moves the cursor up or down one line.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149949" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor up or down one line.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149972" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="31">(<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149972" role="tablecontent">(<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149624" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="32">Home</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149624" role="tablecontent">Home</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149871" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="56">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149871" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="34">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149586" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="35">Home</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="36">In a table</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149586" role="tablecontent">Home</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="tablecontent">In a table</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156260" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="37">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156260" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145409" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="38">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145409" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154410" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="41">End</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154410" role="tablecontent">End</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153372" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="42">Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153372" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154235" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="43">Moves the cursor to the end of the document</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154235" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the document</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="44">End</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154850" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="45">In a table</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="tablecontent">End</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154850" role="tablecontent">In a table</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154873" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="46">Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154873" role="tablecontent">Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155894" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="47">Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155894" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155944" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="50">PgUp</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155944" role="tablecontent">PgUp</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148678" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="54">Scrolls up one page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148678" role="tablecontent">Scrolls up one page.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148701" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="52">Moves the cursor to the header.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148701" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the header.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149998" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="53">PgDn</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149998" role="tablecontent">PgDn</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153018" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="51">Scroll down one page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153018" role="tablecontent">Scroll down one page.</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148949" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="55">Moves the cursor to the footer.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148949" role="tablecontent">Moves the cursor to the footer.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp index a2dd0b1273..017a10298d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp @@ -32,47 +32,45 @@ <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="23"><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp" name="Inserting an Entire Text Document">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp" name="Inserting an Entire Text Document">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1812799" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert a Text File</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1812799" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Text File</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149839" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149839" role="listitem">Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="33">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148858" role="paragraph">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="2" >To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153404" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153404" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153127" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153127" role="listitem">Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">File Name</item> box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the <item type="menuitem">Browse</item> button and locate the file.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem">If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149619" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">If you want, set the formatting options for the section.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149619" role="listitem">If you want, set the formatting options for the section.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149862" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149862" role="listitem">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145099" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145099" role="paragraph">$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp index 23dd29b79a..cae402722f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp @@ -32,68 +32,62 @@ <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw transferred 2 entries to hyphen_prevent.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="20"><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp" name="Hyphenation">Hyphenation</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp" name="Hyphenation">Hyphenation</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155864" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="30">Automatic Hyphenation</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147414" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="51">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155864" role="heading" level="2" >Automatic Hyphenation</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147414" role="paragraph">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="3" >To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148850" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148850" role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156104" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156104" role="listitem">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150101" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150101" role="listitem">In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153121" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153121" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149629" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="53">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="48">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149629" role="heading" level="3" >To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="paragraph">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149867" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="55">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149867" role="listitem">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145106" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Click the Text Flow tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145106" role="listitem">Click the Text Flow tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149582" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="57">In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149582" role="listitem">In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="58">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145400" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="59">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145400" role="listitem">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145417" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="36">Manual Hyphenation</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6587651" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="24">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145417" role="heading" level="2" >Manual Hyphenation</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" role="paragraph">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6587651" role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="paragraph">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-).</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154244" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="37">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154847" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="60">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154244" role="paragraph">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154847" role="heading" level="3" >To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154869" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="61">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154869" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="26">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> @@ -101,6 +95,6 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#hyphen_prevent"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp index 36c686fceb..6577c4f9f3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp @@ -33,27 +33,25 @@ <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147418" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147418" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4188970" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Add Numbering to a List</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4188970" role="heading" level="2">To Add Numbering to a List</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="24">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id="img_id3153125" src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153125">Icon</alt> </image>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149573" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="29">To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149573" role="listitem">To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153365" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154233" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="30">To Format a Numbered List</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153365" role="note">To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154233" role="heading" level="2" >To Format a Numbered List</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph">To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp index 1e0bf0527e..71e5783431 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp @@ -31,52 +31,50 @@ <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "applying;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155174" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="30"><variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Numbering and Numbering Styles">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155174" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Numbering and Numbering Styles">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149818" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6140629" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Apply Numbering Manually</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155866" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153405" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="27">You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "Special Styles" in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149818" role="paragraph">You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6140629" role="heading" level="2">To Apply Numbering Manually</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155866" role="listitem">To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153405" role="note">You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "Special Styles" in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10711" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"><comment>UFI: the following paras moved here from text\shared\01\06050000.xhp</comment>When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10711" role="listitem"><comment>UFI: the following paras moved here from text\shared\01\06050000.xhp</comment>When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072B" role="listitem">To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072F" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072F" role="listitem">To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10733" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10733" role="listitem">To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="listitem">To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073A" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You can also use the commands on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Numbering Object Bar">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153123" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="34">To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153137" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073A" role="paragraph">You can also use the commands on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Numbering Object Bar">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153123" role="heading" level="2" >To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153137" role="paragraph">Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149646" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149599" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149599" role="listitem">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149850" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149850" role="listitem">Click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149874" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149874" role="listitem">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145113" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149589" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149589" role="listitem">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp index 1c7b9e7b08..050c9646e2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp @@ -35,37 +35,26 @@ <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="using_thesaurus"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1" ><variable id="using_thesaurus"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149820" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149820" role="paragraph" >You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155920" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click in the word that you want to look up or replace.</paragraph> - </listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155920" role="listitem" >Click in the word that you want to look up or replace.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155867" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="39">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155867" role="listitem" >Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the "Replace with" text box.</paragraph> - </listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem" >In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the "Replace with" text box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up.</paragraph> - </listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem" >Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Click <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="listitem" >Click <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156263" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145113" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="18">To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/">Extensions</link> web page.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3196263" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156263" role="paragraph" >Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145113" role="note" >To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href="https://extensions.libreoffice.org/">Extensions</link> web page.</paragraph><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3196263" role="paragraph">If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154392" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41"><link href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link></paragraph> - </body> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154392" role="paragraph" ><link href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp index 272dba3b00..6d702541b6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp @@ -37,32 +37,32 @@ <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made a two level entry of "switching off..." and "word completion", copied two entries to word_completion_adjust.xhp and added a new entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="word_completion"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Word Completion for Text Documents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="word_completion"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Word Completion for Text Documents</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="91">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076F" role="paragraph">$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="paragraph">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078D" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078D" role="heading" level="2"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10794" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10794" role="listitem">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079B" role="listitem"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079E" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW"> To Switch off the Word Completion </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079E" role="heading" level="2"> To Switch off the Word Completion </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A5" role="listitem"> Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AD" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . </paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AD" role="listitem"> Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . </paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7504806" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7504806" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp index 12949a8f5f..7982964864 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp @@ -34,42 +34,42 @@ <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw copied two entries from word_completion.xhp and created three new entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4745017" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="word_completion_adjust"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4745017" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="word_completion_adjust"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide by splitting word_completion.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4814294" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593462" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107C6" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert an Additional Space Character</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B03" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Append space</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0E" role="note" l10n="NEW">The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CC" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Define the Accept Key</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B20" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D2" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B36" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D8" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4C" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B53" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B56" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2634968" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DE" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B94" role="note" l10n="NEW">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature.</paragraph> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4814294" role="paragraph">If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593462" role="paragraph">To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107C6" role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Additional Space Character</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B03" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Append space</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0E" role="note">The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CC" role="heading" level="2">To Define the Accept Key</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B20" role="paragraph">Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D2" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B36" role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D8" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4C" role="paragraph">Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B53" role="paragraph">Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B56" role="paragraph">If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2634968" role="paragraph">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DE" role="heading" level="2">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B94" role="note">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA1" role="paragraph">Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA7" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BAB" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The word completion feature collects the words.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA7" role="listitem">Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BAB" role="listitem">The word completion feature collects the words.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107ED" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select all or some of the words in the list.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107ED" role="listitem">Select all or some of the words in the list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107F4" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107F4" role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BC6" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BC6" role="listitem">Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10809" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5458845" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Using Word Completion</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10809" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5458845" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Using Word Completion</link></paragraph> </section> </body> </helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp index e643440cd4..e3d6b0346e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp @@ -36,28 +36,28 @@ <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "character counts"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="words_count"><link href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp" name="Counting Words">Counting Words</link> +<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="words_count"><link href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp" name="Counting Words">Counting Words</link> </variable></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105D1" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105D1" role="listitem">Word and character count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D1" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D1" role="listitem">If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149821" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149821" role="listitem">To display extended statistics such as count of characters without spaces, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="how"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1116200901133957" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133998" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133985" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113399" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 "$" http://www.example.com.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113400" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1116200901133957" role="heading" level="2">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133998" role="paragraph">In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133985" role="paragraph">Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113399" role="paragraph">The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 "$" http://www.example.com.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113400" role="paragraph">To add a custom character to be considered as the word limit, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph> and add the character into the <emph>Additional separators</emph> field.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E2" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E2" role="tip">To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147418" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp" name="File - Properties - Statistics">File - Properties - Statistics</link></paragraph> + <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147418" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp" name="File - Properties - Statistics">File - Properties - Statistics</link></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> |